blob: 8e934604cf605f18ac9999f178e6bd407ad3289d [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini83d290c2018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530215See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700223
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
231
232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
270 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
271 directly)
272
273Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
274this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
275CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
276memory.
277
278board_init_r():
279 - purpose: main execution, common code
280 - global_data is available
281 - SDRAM is available
282 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
283 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
284
285 Non-SPL-specific notes:
286 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
287 there.
288
289 SPL-specific notes:
290 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
292 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800293 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700294 spl_board_init() function containing this call
295 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
296
297
298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000299Configuration Options:
300----------------------
301
302Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
303such information is kept in a configuration file
304"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
305
306Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
307"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
308
309
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000310Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
311kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
312build a config tool - later.
313
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530314- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
315 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
316 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
317 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
318
319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
320
321 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
322 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000323
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
325
326 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328The following options need to be configured:
329
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500330- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000335 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
336
337 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
338 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
339 compliance, among other possible reasons.
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
342
343 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
344 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
345 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
346
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
348
349 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
350 tree nodes for the given platform.
351
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
353
354 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
355 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
357
358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
360
361 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
362 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
363
364 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
365 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
366 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
367 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
368
369 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
370 this erratum.
371
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530372 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
373 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800374 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530375
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530376 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
377 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800378 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
381
382 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
383 according to the A004510 workaround.
384
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
386 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
387 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
388
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
390 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
391 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
392
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
394 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
395 connected to the DSP core.
396
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
398 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
399
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
401 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
402 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
403 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
404
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530405 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
406 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800407 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530408
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800409 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800411 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413- Generic CPU options:
414 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
415
416 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
417 values is arch specific.
418
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
420 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
421 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
422 SoCs.
423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
425 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
428 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
429 deskew training are not available.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
432 Freescale DDR1 controller.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
435 Freescale DDR2 controller.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
438 Freescale DDR3 controller.
439
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
441 Freescale DDR4 controller.
442
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
445
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
447 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
448 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
449 implemetation.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400452 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
454 implementation.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
457 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700458 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
461 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 DDR3L controllers.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
465 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
466 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700467
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
469 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
472 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
475 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
476
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
478 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530489 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
490 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
491 concatenated with u-boot binary.
492
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
494 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
497 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
498
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
500 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
501 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
502 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
503
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
505 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
506 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
507 SoCs with ARM core.
508
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
510 Number of controllers used as main memory.
511
512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
513 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
514
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
516 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
517
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
519 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
520
521 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
522 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
523
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200524- MIPS CPU options:
525 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
526
527 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
528 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
529 relocation.
530
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
532
533 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
534 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
535 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
536
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000537- ARM options:
538 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
539
540 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
541 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
542
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700543 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
544 Generic timer clock source frequency.
545
546 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
547 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
548 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
549 at run time.
550
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700551- Tegra SoC options:
552 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
553
554 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
555 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
556 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
557
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000558- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000559 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
560
561 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
562 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
563 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
564 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
565 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
566 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
567 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100569 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000570 default environment.
571
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000572 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
573
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800574 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000575 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
576 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
577
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400578 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200579
580 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400581 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
582 concepts).
583
584 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
585 * New libfdt-based support
586 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500587 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400588
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200589 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600590 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200591
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200592 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
593 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500594
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600595 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
596
597 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
598 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000599
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600600 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
601
602 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
603 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
604 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
605 the kernel.
606
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200607 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
608
609 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
610 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
611 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
612 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
613 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
614 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
615
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000616 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
617
618 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
619 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
620 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
621 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
622 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
623 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
624 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
625
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100626- vxWorks boot parameters:
627
628 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700629 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
630 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100631 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
632
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400667 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
668
669 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
670 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672- Console Baudrate:
673 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
674 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200675 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677- Autoboot Command:
678 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
679 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
680 define a command string that is automatically executed
681 when no character is read on the console interface
682 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000685 The value of these goes into the environment as
686 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
687 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200688 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Serial Download Echo Mode:
691 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
692 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
693 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
694 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
695 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
696 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
697 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
698
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500699- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000700 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
701 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200702 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600704- Removal of commands
705 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
706 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
707 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
708 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
709 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
710 simple boot procedures.
711
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000712- Regular expression support:
713 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200714 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
715 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
716 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
717 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000718
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000719- Device tree:
720 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
721 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
722 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
723 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
724 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
725 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
726
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000727 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700728 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000729
730 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
731 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
732 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
733 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
734 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900735 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000736
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000737 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
738 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
739 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
740 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
741
742 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
743
744 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
745 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
746 still use the individual files if you need something more
747 exotic.
748
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700749 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
750 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
751 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
752 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
753 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
754
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755- Watchdog:
756 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
757 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000758 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200759 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
760 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
761 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
762 available, then no further board specific code should
763 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000764
765 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
766 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
767 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
768 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000769
770- Real-Time Clock:
771
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500772 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
774 following options:
775
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000777 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000779 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000780 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000781 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200782 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000783 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100784 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000785 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200786 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200787 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
788 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000790 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
791 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
792
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600793- GPIO Support:
794 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600795
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000796 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
797 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
798 pins supported by a particular chip.
799
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600800 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
801 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
802
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600803- I/O tracing:
804 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
805 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
806 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
807 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
808 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
809 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
810 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
811 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
812
813 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
814 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
815 still continue to operate.
816
817 iotrace is enabled
818 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
819 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
820 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
821 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
822 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
823 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
824
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825- Timestamp Support:
826
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000827 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
828 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
829 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000832- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
833 Zero or more of the following:
834 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000835 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
836 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
837 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
838 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600839 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000840 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000841
842- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000843 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
844 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000845
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000846 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
847 be performed by calling the function
848 ide_set_reset(int reset)
849 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850
851- ATAPI Support:
852 CONFIG_ATAPI
853
854 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
855
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000856- LBA48 Support
857 CONFIG_LBA48
858
859 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100860 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000861 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
862 support disks up to 2.1TB.
863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200864 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000865 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
866 Default is 32bit.
867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000868- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200869 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
870 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
871 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
873 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200875 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
876 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000877
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000878- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000879 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000880 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
881
882 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
883 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
884 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
885 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
886
887 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
888 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
889 example with the "sspi" command.
890
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891 CONFIG_EEPRO100
892 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200893 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894 write routine for first time initialisation.
895
896 CONFIG_TULIP
897 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
898 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
899 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
900
901 CONFIG_NATSEMI
902 Support for National dp83815 chips.
903
904 CONFIG_NS8382X
905 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
906
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000907- NETWORK Support (other):
908
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100909 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
910 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
911
912 CONFIG_RMII
913 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
914
915 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
916 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
917 The driver doen't show link status messages.
918
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000919 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
920 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
921
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000922 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000923 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
924
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000925 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
926 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
927
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000928 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000929 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
930
931 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
932 Define this to hold the physical address
933 of the device (I/O space)
934
935 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
936 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
937
938 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
939 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
940 (some hardware wont work with macros)
941
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500942 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
943 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
944
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800945 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
946 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
947
948 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
949 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
950 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
951 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
952 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
953 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
954 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
955 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
956
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900957 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
958 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
959
960 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
961 Define the number of ports to be used
962
963 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
964 Define the ETH PHY's address
965
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900966 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
967 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
968
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200969- PWM Support:
970 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -0400971 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200972
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000973- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000974 CONFIG_TPM
975 Support TPM devices.
976
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200977 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
978 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000979 per system is supported at this time.
980
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000981 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
982 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
983
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +0100984 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
985 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
986
987 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
988 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
989 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
990
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +0100991 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
992 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
993 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
994
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +0200995 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
996 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
997
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000998 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000999 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1000 per system is supported at this time.
1001
1002 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1003 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1004 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1005 0xfed40000.
1006
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001007 CONFIG_TPM
1008 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1009 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1010 Requires support for a TPM device.
1011
1012 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1013 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1014 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016- USB Support:
1017 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001018 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1020 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001021 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022 storage devices.
1023 Note:
1024 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1025 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001026
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001027 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1028 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1029
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001030 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1031 HW module registers.
1032
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001033- USB Device:
1034 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1035 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1036 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001037 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001038 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1039 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001040 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001041 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1042 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1043 a Linux host by
1044 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1045 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1046 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1047 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001048
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001049 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1050 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001051
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001052 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1053 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1054 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001055
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301056 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1057 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1058 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1059 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1060 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1061 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1062 speed.
1063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001064 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001065 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1066 be set to usbtty.
1067
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001068 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001069 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001070 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001071 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1072 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1073 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1074
1075 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1076 Define this string as the name of your company for
1077 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001078
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001079 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1080 Define this string as the name of your product
1081 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1082
1083 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1084 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1085 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1086 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1087 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001088
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001089 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1090 Define this as the unique Product ID
1091 for your device
1092 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001093
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001094- ULPI Layer Support:
1095 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1096 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1097 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1098 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1099 viewport is supported.
1100 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1101 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001102 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1103 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1104 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001105
1106- MMC Support:
1107 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1108 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1109 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1110 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001111 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1112 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001113
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001114 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1115 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1116
1117 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1118 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1119
1120 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1121 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1122
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001123- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001124 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001125 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1126
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001127 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1128 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1129
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301130 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1131 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1132 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1133 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1134 one that would help mostly the developer.
1135
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001136 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1137 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1138 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1139 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1140 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1141
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001142 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1143 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1144 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1145 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1146 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1147 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1148
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001149 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1150 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1151 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1152 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1153
1154 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1155 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1156 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1157 sending again an USB request to the device.
1158
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001159- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001160 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001161 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001163 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1164 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001165 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1166
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001167- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001168 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1169
1170 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1171
1172 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1173 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1174 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1175 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1176 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001177
1178- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001179 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001180 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001181 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1182 support, and should also define these other macros:
1183
1184 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1185 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001186 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1187 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1188 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1189 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1190 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1191
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001192 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1193 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001194 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001195 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1198
1199 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1200 display); also select one of the supported displays
1201 by defining one of these:
1202
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001203 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1204
1205 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1206
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001207 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001208
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001209 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001210
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001211 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001213 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1214 Active, color, single scan.
1215
1216 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1217
1218 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219 Active, color, single scan.
1220
1221 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1222
1223 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1224 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1225
1226 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1227
1228 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1229 Active, color, single scan.
1230
1231 CONFIG_HLD1045
1232
1233 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1234 Active, color, single scan.
1235
1236 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1237
1238 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1239 or
1240 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1241 or
1242 Hitachi SP14Q002
1243
1244 320x240. Black & white.
1245
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001246 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1247
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001248 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001249 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1250 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1251 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1252 a per-section basis.
1253
1254
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001255 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1256
1257 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1258 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1259 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1260 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1261 printed out.
1262 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1263 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1264 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1265 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1266 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1267 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1268 1 = 90 degree rotation
1269 2 = 180 degree rotation
1270 3 = 270 degree rotation
1271
1272 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1273 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1274
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001275 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1276
1277 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1278
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001279 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1280
1281 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1282 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1283
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001284- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001285
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001286 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1287 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1288 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001289 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001290 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1291 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1292 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1293 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001294
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001295 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1296
1297 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1298 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001299 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001300 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1301 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1302 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1303 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1304 there is no need to set this option.
1305
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001306 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1307
1308 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1309 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1310 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1311 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1312 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1313 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1314
1315 Example:
1316 setenv splashpos m,m
1317 => image at center of screen
1318
1319 setenv splashpos 30,20
1320 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1321
1322 setenv splashpos -10,m
1323 => vertically centered image
1324 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1325
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001326- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1327
1328 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1329 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1330 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1331
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001332- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1333
1334 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1335 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1336 bmp command.
1337
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001338- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001339 CONFIG_GZIP
1340
1341 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1342
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001343 CONFIG_BZIP2
1344
1345 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1346 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1347 compressed images are supported.
1348
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001349 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001350 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001351 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001352
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001353- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001354 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1355
1356 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1357
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001358 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1359
1360 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1361 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1362 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1363 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1364
1365 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1366
1367 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1368 command issued before MII status register can be read
1369
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001370- IP address:
1371 CONFIG_IPADDR
1372
1373 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001374 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001375 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001376 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001377
1378- Server IP address:
1379 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1380
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001381 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001383 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001384
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001385 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1386
1387 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1388 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1389
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001390- Gateway IP address:
1391 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1392
1393 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1394 default router where packets to other networks are
1395 sent to.
1396 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1397
1398- Subnet mask:
1399 CONFIG_NETMASK
1400
1401 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1402 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1403 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1404 forwarded through a router.
1405 (Environment variable "netmask")
1406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001407- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1408 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1409
1410 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1411 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1412 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1413 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1414 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1415 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1416 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1417 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001418 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001419
1420 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1421 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1422 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1423 4th and following
1424 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1425
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001426 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1427
1428 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1429 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1430 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1431 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1432 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1433 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1434 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1435 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1436 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1437 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1438 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1439 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1440 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1441 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1442 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1443
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001444- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001445 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1446 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001447
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001448 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001449 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001450 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1451 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1452 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1453 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001454 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001455
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001456 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1457 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001458
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001459 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1460 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1461 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1462 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1463 is not available.
1464
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001465 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1466 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1467 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001468 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001469 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1470 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001471
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001472 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1473
1474 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1475 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1476 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1477 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1478 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1479 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1480 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1481 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1482 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1483 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1484 this delay.
1485
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001486 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1487 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1488 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1489 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1490 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1491
1492 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1493
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301494 - MAC address from environment variables
1495
1496 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1497
1498 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1499 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1500 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1501 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1502
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001503 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001504 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001505
1506 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1507
1508 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1509
1510 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1511 of the device.
1512
1513 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1514
1515 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1516 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001517 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001518
1519 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1520
1521 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1522 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1523
1524 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1525
1526 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1527
1528 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1529
1530 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1531
1532 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1533
1534 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1535
1536 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1537
1538 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1539 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1540
1541 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1542
1543 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1544
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001545- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546
1547 Several configurations allow to display the current
1548 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1549 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1550 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1551 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1552 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001553 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001554 feature in U-Boot.
1555
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001556 Additional options:
1557
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001558 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001559 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1560 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001561 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001562 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1563
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001564 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1565 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1566 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1567 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1568 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1569 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1570
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001571- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001572
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001573 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1574 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1575 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1576 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1577 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1578 interface.
1579
1580 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001581 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1582 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1583 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1584 for defining speed and slave address
1585 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1586 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1587 for defining speed and slave address
1588 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1589 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1590 for defining speed and slave address
1591 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1592 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1593 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001594
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001595 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1596 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1597 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1598 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1599 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1600 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001601 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001602 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1604 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1605 second bus.
1606
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001607 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001608 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1609 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1610 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001611
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001612 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1613 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1614 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1615 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1616
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001617 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1618 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001619 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1620 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1621 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1622 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001623 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1624 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1625 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1626 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1627 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1628 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001629 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1630 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001631 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001632 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1633
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001634 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1635 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1636 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1637
1638 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1639 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1640 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1641 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1642 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1643 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1644 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1645 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1646 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1647
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001648 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1649 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1650 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1651
1652 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1653 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1654 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1655 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1656 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1657 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1658 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1659 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001662 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001663
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001664 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1665 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1666 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1667 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1668 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1669 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1670 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1671 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1672 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1673 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1674 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1675 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1676
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301677 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1678 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1679 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1680 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1681 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1682
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001683 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1684 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1685 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1686 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1687 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1688 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1689 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1690 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1691 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1694 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1695 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1696 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001697 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1698 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1699 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1700 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1701 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1702 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1703 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1704 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1705 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001706
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001707 additional defines:
1708
1709 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001710 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001711
1712 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1713 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1714 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1715 omit this define.
1716
1717 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1718 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1719 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1720 define.
1721
1722 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001723 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001724 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1725 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1726 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1727
1728 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1729 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1730 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1731 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1732 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1733 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1734 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1735 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1736 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1737 }
1738
1739 which defines
1740 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001741 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1742 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1743 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1744 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1745 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001746 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001747 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1748 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001749
1750 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1751
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001752- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001753 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001754 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1755 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756
1757 I2C_INIT
1758
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001759 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001760 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001762 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001763
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764 I2C_ACTIVE
1765
1766 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1767 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1768 define can be null.
1769
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001770 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1771
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772 I2C_TRISTATE
1773
1774 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1775 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1776 define can be null.
1777
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001778 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1779
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001780 I2C_READ
1781
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001782 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1783 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001784
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001785 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1786
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787 I2C_SDA(bit)
1788
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001789 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1790 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001792 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001793 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001794 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001796 I2C_SCL(bit)
1797
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001798 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1799 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001800
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001801 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001802 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001803 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001805 I2C_DELAY
1806
1807 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1808 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001809 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001810 like:
1811
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001812 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001814 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1815
1816 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1817 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1818 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1819 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1820
1821 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1822 the generic GPIO functions.
1823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001824 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001825
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001826 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1827 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1828 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1829 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1830 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1831 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1832 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1833 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001834
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001835 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1836
1837 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001838 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1839 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001840 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001842 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001843
1844 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001845 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001846 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1847 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001848
1849 e.g.
1850 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001851 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001852
1853 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1854
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001855 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001856 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001857
1858 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001860 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001861
1862 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1863 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001865 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001866
1867 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1868 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1869
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001870 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1871
1872 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1873 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1874 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1875 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1876 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1877 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1878 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001879
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1881
1882 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1883 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1884 D/As on the SACSng board)
1885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1887
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001888 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1889 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1890 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1891 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1892 defined, the board configuration must define several
1893 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1894 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001895
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001896 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1897 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1898 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1899
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001900- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1901
1902 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1903
1904 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1905
1906 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1907 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1908
1909 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1910
1911 Enables support for FPGA family.
1912 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1913
1914 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001916 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001918 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001920 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001922 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001924 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1925 status by the configuration function. This option
1926 will require a board or device specific function to
1927 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928
1929 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1930
1931 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1932 configuration driver.
1933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001934 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001937 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001939 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1940 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1941 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1942 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001944 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001946 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1947 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001948 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001949 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001951 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001952
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001953 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001954 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001956 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001957
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001958 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001959 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001960
1961- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1964
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001965 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1966 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001967
1968- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1969
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001970 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1971 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001972 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001973 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1974 protects these variables from casual modification by
1975 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1976 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001977 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978
1979 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1980 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001981 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982 these parameters.
1983
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05001984 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
1985 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001986 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1988 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1989 read-only.]
1990
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06001991 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
1992 for any variable by configuring the type of access
1993 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
1994 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
1995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001996- Protected RAM:
1997 CONFIG_PRAM
1998
1999 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2000 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2001 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2002 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2003 this default value by defining an environment
2004 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2005 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2006 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2007 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2008 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2009 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2010 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2011
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002012 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002013 saveenv
2014
2015 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2016 either, which results in a memory region that will
2017 not be affected by reboots.
2018
2019 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2020 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2021 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2022 following board configurations are known to be
2023 "pRAM-clean":
2024
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002025 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002026 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002027 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002029- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2030 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2031 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2032 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2033 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2034 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2035 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2036
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2039
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002040 This variable defines the number of retries for
2041 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2042 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2043 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002045 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2046
2047 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2048
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002049 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2050
2051 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2052 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2053 try longer timeout such as
2054 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2055
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002056- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002057 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002058
2059 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2060 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2061 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2062
2063 Note:
2064
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002065 In the current implementation, the local variables
2066 space and global environment variables space are
2067 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2068 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2069 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2070 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2071 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002073 Global environment variables are those you use
2074 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2075 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2076 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
2078 To store commands and special characters in a
2079 variable, please use double quotation marks
2080 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2081 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2082 symbols.
2083
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002084- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002085 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2086
2087 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2088 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2089 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2090 and PS2.
2091
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002092- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2094
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002095 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2096 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002097 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002098
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002099 For example, place something like this in your
2100 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002101
2102 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2103 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2104 "myvar2=value2\0"
2105
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002106 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2107 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2108 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2109 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002110 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111 You better know what you are doing here.
2112
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002113 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2114 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002115 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002116 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002118 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2119
2120 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002121 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002122 that so that the environment is not available until
2123 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2124 this is instead controlled by the value of
2125 /config/load-environment.
2126
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002127- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2128 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2129
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002130 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002131 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002132 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002133 number generator is used.
2134
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002135 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2136 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2137 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2138
2139 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002140 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2141 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2142 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2143 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2144 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2145 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2146
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002147- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002148 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2149
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002150 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2151 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2152 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2153 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2154 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2155 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002156
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002157
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002158Legacy uImage format:
2159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160 Arg Where When
2161 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002162 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002164 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002165 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002166 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2168 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2169 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002170 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2172 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2173 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2174 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002175 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002177
2178 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2179 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2180 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2181 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2182 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2183 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2184 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002185 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002186 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2187 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2188
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002189 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002191 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002192 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2193 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002194
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002195 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2196 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2197 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2198 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2199 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2200 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2201 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2202 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2203 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2204 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2205 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2206 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2207 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2208 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2209 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2210 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2211 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2212 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2213 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2214 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2215 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2216 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2217 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2218 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2219 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2220 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2221 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2222 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2223 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2224 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2225 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2226 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2227 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2228 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2229 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2230 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2231 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2232 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2233 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2234 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2235 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2236 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2237 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2238 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2239 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2240 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2241 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002243 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002245 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002246 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2247 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002248
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002249 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002250 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2251 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2252 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002253 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2254 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002255 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2256 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002257 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002258
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002259FIT uImage format:
2260
2261 Arg Where When
2262 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2263 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2264 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2265 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2266 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2267 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002268 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002269 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2270 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2271 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2272 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2273 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002274 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2275 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002276 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2277 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2278 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2279 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2280 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2281 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2282 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2283 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2284
2285 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2286 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2287 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002288 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002289 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2290 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2291 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2292 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2293 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2294 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2295 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2296 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2297 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2298 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2299 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2300 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2301
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002302 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002303 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2304
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002305 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002306 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2307
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002308 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002309 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2310
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002311- Standalone program support:
2312 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2313
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002314 This option defines a board specific value for the
2315 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2316 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002317 settings.
2318
2319- Frame Buffer Address:
2320 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2321
2322 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002323 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2324 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2325 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2326 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2327 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2328 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2329 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002330
2331 Please see board_init_f function.
2332
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002333- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2334 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2335 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2336 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2337
2338 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2339 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2340
2341- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002342 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2343 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2344 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2345 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2346 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2347 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2348
2349 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2350 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2351 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2352 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2353 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2354
2355 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002356
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002357 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2358 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2359 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2360 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2361 flash), this value is ignored.
2362
2363 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2364 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2365 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2366 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2367 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2368 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2369
2370 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2371 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2372 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2373 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2374 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2375 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2376 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2377 partition.
2378
2379 default: 20
2380
2381 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2382 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2383 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2384 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2385 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2386 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2387 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2388 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2389 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2390 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2391 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2392 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2393
2394 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2395 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2396 without a fastmap.
2397 default: 0
2398
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002399 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2400 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2401 default: 0
2402
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002403- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002404 CONFIG_SPL
2405 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002406
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002407 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2408 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2409
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002410 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2411 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2412 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2413 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002414 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002415 must not be both defined at the same time.
2416
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002417 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002418 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2419 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2420 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2421 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002422
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002423 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2424 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2425 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2426
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002427 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2428 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2429
2430 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002431 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2432 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2433 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002434 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002435 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002436
2437 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2438 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2439
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002440 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2441 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2442 loaded does not have a signature.
2443 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2444 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2445 will be caught.
2446 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2447 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2448 and thus should be skipped silently.
2449
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002450 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2451 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2452 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2453 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2454
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002455 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2456 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002457 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2458 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2459 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002460
2461 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2462 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002463
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002464 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2465 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2466 See also: doc/README.falcon
2467
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002468 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2469 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2470 about the running system.
2471
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002472 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2473 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2474
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002475 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2476 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2477 used in raw mode
2478
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002479 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2480 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2481 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2482
2483 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2484 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2485 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2486 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2487 (for falcon mode)
2488
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002489 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2490 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2491 used in fs mode
2492
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002493 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2494 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2495
2496 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002497 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002498 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002499
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002500 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002501 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002502 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002503
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002504 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2505 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2506 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2507 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2508 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2509
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302510 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2511 Avoid SPL relocation
2512
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002513 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2514 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2515 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2516
2517 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2518 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2519
Jörg Krause15e207f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002520 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2521 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2522 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2523
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002524 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2525 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2526
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002527 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002528 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2529 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002530
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002531 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2532 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2533 loader
2534
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002535 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2536 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2537 if you need to save space.
2538
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002539 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2540 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2541 SPL binary.
2542
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002543 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2544 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2545 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2546 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2547 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2548 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002549 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002550
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302551 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2552 Add support NAND boot
2553
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002554 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002555 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2556
2557 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2558 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2559
2560 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2561 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002562
2563 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002564 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002565
2566 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2567 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002568 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002569
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002570 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2571 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2572
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002573 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002574 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2575 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2576 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2577 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2578 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002579
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002580 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2581 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2582 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2583 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2584
Marek Vasutb527b9c2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002585 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002586 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2587 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2588 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2589 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2590
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002591- TPL framework
2592 CONFIG_TPL
2593 Enable building of TPL globally.
2594
2595 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2596 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2597 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002598 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2599 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2600 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002601
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002602- Interrupt support (PPC):
2603
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002604 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2605 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002606 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002607 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002609 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002610 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002611 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2612 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2613 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002615
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002616Board initialization settings:
2617------------------------------
2618
2619During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2620to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2621before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2622following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2623architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2624typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2625
2626- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2627- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2628- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2629- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002631Configuration Settings:
2632-----------------------
2633
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002634- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2635 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002637- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2639
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002640- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2641 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002643- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644 prompt for user input.
2645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002646- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002648- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002650- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002652- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2654 booted
2655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002656- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002657 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002659- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002660 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2661 simple memory test.
2662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002664 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2665 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2666
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002667- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002668 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002669 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2670 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2671 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002672 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002673 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2674 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2675
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002676- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002677 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002678 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002679 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002680 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2681 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2682 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002683 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002684 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002685 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002686
2687 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2688 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2689 be touched.
2690
2691 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2692 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2693 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2694 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2695 problems.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002706- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2708 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002709 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002710 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002712- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002713 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2714 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2715 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2716 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002717
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002718- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2720
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002721- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2722 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2723 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2724 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2725 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2726 space.
2727
2728 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2729 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2730 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002731 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002732 U-Boot relocates itself.
2733
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002734- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2735 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2736 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2737 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2738
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002739- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2740 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2741 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2742 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2743 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2744 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2745 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2746 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2747 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2748 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2749 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2750 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2751 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2752 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2753 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2754 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2755
2756 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002758- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002759 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2760 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002761 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002762 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002764- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002765 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2766 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002767 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2768 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002769 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002770 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002771 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002772 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2773 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2774 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002775
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002776- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2777 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2778 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2779 is enabled.
2780
2781- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2782 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2783 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2784
2785- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2786 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2787 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002789- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790 Max number of Flash memory banks
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002802 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002804- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002805 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002807- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002808 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2809 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
2813 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2814 without this option such a download has to be
2815 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2816 copy from RAM to flash.
2817
2818 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2819 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002820 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2821 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002824- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002825 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002826 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002828- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002829 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2830 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002832- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2833 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2834 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2835 to the MTD layer.
2836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002837- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002838 Use buffered writes to flash.
2839
2840- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2841 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2842 write commands.
2843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002844- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002845 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2846 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2847 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2848 optionally available.
2849
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002850- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2851 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2852 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2853 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2854
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002855- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2856 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2857 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2858 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2859 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2860 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2861 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2862 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002864- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002865 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2866 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002867 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2868 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002869 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002870 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2871
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002872- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2873
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002874 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2875 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2876 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2877 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2878 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002879
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002880- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2881- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002882 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002883 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2884 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2885 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2886
2887 The format of the list is:
2888 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002889 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2890 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002891 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2892 list = entry[,list]
2893
2894 The type attributes are:
2895 s - String (default)
2896 d - Decimal
2897 x - Hexadecimal
2898 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2899 i - IP address
2900 m - MAC address
2901
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002902 The access attributes are:
2903 a - Any (default)
2904 r - Read-only
2905 o - Write-once
2906 c - Change-default
2907
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002908 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2909 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002910 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002911
2912 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2913 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2914 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2915 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2916 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2917 ".flags" variable.
2918
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002919 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2920 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2921 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2922
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002923- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
2924 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
2925 access flags.
2926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2928of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2929following configurations:
2930
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002931- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2932
2933 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2934 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2935
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002937in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002938console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002939U-Boot will hang.
2940
2941Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2942environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2943keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2944to save the current settings.
2945
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002946BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2947"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002948environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2949but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002950
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002951- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2952
2953 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2954 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2955 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2956
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002957Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06002959created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960until then to read environment variables.
2961
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002962The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2963is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2964with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2965necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2966"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2967have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968
2969Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2970the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002971use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002973- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002974 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002975
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002976 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002977 also needs to be defined.
2978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002979- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002980 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002981
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002982- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2983 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2984 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2985 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2986 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2987 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2988
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00002989- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
2990 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
2991 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
2992 to do this.
2993
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00002994- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
2995 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
2996 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
2997 present.
2998
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02002999- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3000 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3001 build system checks that the actual size does not
3002 exceed it.
3003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003005---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003007- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003008 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3009
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003010- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3011 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3012 PowerPC SOCs.
3013
3014- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3015 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3016 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3017
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003018- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3019 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3020 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003021 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003022 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3023 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3024 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3025
3026 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3027 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3028
3029- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003030 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3031 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003032 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3033 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3034
3035- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3036 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3037 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3038 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3039
3040- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3041 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3042 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3043
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003044- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003045 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003046
3047 the default drive number (default value 0)
3048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003049 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003050
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003051 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003052 (default value 1)
3053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003054 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003055
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003056 defines the offset of register from address. It
3057 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003058 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003060 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3061 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003062 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003064 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003065 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3066 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003067 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003068 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003069
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003070- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3071 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3072 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3073 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3074 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3075 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003076 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003078- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003079 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003080 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003084 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3086 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3087 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3088 will become available only after programming the
3089 memory controller and running certain initialization
3090 sequences.
3091
3092 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003093 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003095- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096
3097 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003098 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3099 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003100 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003101 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003102 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003103 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3104 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
3106 Note:
3107 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3108 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3111 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003113- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003115- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116 SDRAM timing
3117
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003118- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003119 periodic timer for refresh
3120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003121- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3122 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3123 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3124 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3126
3127- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003128 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3129 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003130 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3131
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003132- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003133 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003134 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3135 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3136 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3137 by coreboot or similar.
3138
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003139- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3140 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3141
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003142- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3143 Chip has SRIO or not
3144
3145- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3146 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3147
3148- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3149 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3150
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003151- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3152 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3153
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003154- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3155 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3156
3157- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3158 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3159
3160- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3161 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3162
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003163- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3164 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3165 a 16 bit bus.
3166 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003167 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003168 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
3169 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003170
3171- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3172 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3173 a default value will be used.
3174
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003175- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003176 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3177 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3178
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003179 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3180 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003183 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3184 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3185 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003186
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003187- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3188 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3189 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3190 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3191 header files or board specific files.
3192
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003193- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3194 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3195
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003196- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3197 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3198
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003199- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3200 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003202- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003203 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3204 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003205
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003206- CONFIG_RMII
3207 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3208 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3209 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3210
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003211- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3212 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3213 The syntax is:
3214
3215 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3216
3217 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3218 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3219 area should have.
3220
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003221- CONFIG_LOOPW
3222 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003223 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003224
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003225- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3226 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3227 "md/mw" commands.
3228 Examples:
3229
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003230 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003231 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3232
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003233 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003234 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3235
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003236 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003237 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003238
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003239- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003240 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003241 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3242 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3243 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003244
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003245 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3246 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3247 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3248 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003249
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003250- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3251 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003252 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003253 instruction cache) is still performed.
3254
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003255- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003256 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3257 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3258 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003259
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003260- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3261 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3262 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3263 It is loaded by the SPL.
3264
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003265- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3266 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3267 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3268 previous 4k of the .text section.
3269
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003270- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3271 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3272 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3273 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3274 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3275 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3276 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3277 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3278
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003279- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3280 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3281 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003282
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003283- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3284 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3285 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003286 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003287
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003288Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3289-----------------------------------
3290
3291The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3292loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3293This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3294are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3295within that device.
3296
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003297- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3298 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3299 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3300 is also specified.
3301
3302- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3303 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003304 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3305 is also specified.
3306
3307- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3308 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3309 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3310 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3311 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3312
3313- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3314 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3315 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3316 virtual address in NOR flash.
3317
3318- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3319 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3320 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3321
3322- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3323 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3324 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3325
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003326- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3327 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3328 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003329 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3330 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3331 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003332
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003333Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3334---------------------------------------------------------
3335The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3336"firmware".
3337This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3338are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3339within that device.
3340
3341- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3342 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3343
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303344Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3345-------------------------------------------
3346The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3347"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3348This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3349
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003350- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3351 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303352
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003353Reproducible builds
3354-------------------
3355
3356In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3357process have to be set to a fixed value.
3358
3359This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3360SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3361option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3362
3363SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3364
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365Building the Software:
3366======================
3367
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003368Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3369and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3370all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3371(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3372recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3373which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003374
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003375If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3376have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3377you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3378Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3379necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003381 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3382 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003383
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003384Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3385 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3386 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3387 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3388
3389 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3390
3391 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3392 be executed on computers running Windows.
3393
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003394U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3395sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003396is done by typing:
3397
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003398 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003400where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003401rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003403Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3404 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3405 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3406 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003407 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003409 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003410 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003412 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003413 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003415 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003418Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3419images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003421- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3422- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3423- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003424
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003425By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3426in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3427this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3428
34291. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3430
3431 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003432 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003433 make O=/tmp/build all
3434
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020034352. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003436
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003437 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003438 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003439 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003440 make all
3441
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003442Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003443variable.
3444
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003445User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3446setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3447For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3448
3449 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003451Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3452for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3453native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003456If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3457to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3458steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010034601. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003461 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003462 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
34632. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3464 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034653. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3466 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020034674. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034685. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3469 to be installed on your target system.
34706. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3471 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003474Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3475==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003477If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3478or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003479provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3480the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003481official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003483But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3484cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003485the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003486just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3487configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3488will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3489for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003490
3491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003492See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003495Monitor Commands - Overview:
3496============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498go - start application at address 'addr'
3499run - run commands in an environment variable
3500bootm - boot application image from memory
3501bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003502bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003503tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3504 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3505 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003506tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003507rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3508diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3509loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3510loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3511md - memory display
3512mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3513nm - memory modify (constant address)
3514mw - memory write (fill)
3515cp - memory copy
3516cmp - memory compare
3517crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003518i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519sspi - SPI utility commands
3520base - print or set address offset
3521printenv- print environment variables
3522setenv - set environment variables
3523saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3524protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3525erase - erase FLASH memory
3526flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003527nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003528bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3529iminfo - print header information for application image
3530coninfo - print console devices and informations
3531ide - IDE sub-system
3532loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003533loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003534mtest - simple RAM test
3535icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3536dcache - enable or disable data cache
3537reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3538echo - echo args to console
3539version - print monitor version
3540help - print online help
3541? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003544Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3545========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003547TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003549For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550
3551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003552Environment Variables:
3553======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003555U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3556can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003558Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3559"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3560without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3561environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3562working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3563environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003565Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3566
3567List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003569 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003571 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003573 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003575 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003577 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003579 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3580 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3581 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3582 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3583 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3584 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003585 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3586 bootm_mapsize.
3587
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003588 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003589 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3590 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3591 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3592 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3593 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3594 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003595
3596 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3597 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3598 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3599 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3600 environment variable.
3601
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003602 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3603 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3604 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003606 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3607 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3608 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3609 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003611 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3612 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3613 be automatically started (by internally calling
3614 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003616 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3617 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3618 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3619 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3620 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003622 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3623 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003624 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3625 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3626 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3627 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3628 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3629 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3630 access it during the boot procedure.
3631
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003632 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3633 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3634 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3635 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3636 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3637 must be accessible by the kernel.
3638
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003639 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3640 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3641 defined.
3642
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003643 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3644 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3645 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3646 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3647 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003649 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3650 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3651 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3652 is usually what you want since it allows for
3653 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3654 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003655 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3657 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3658 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3659 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3662 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3663 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3664 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3665 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3666 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003668 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003670 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3671 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3672 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3673 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3674 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3675 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3676 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3681 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003683 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003685 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003687 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003689 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003691 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003693 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003695 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3696 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003698 => setenv ethact FEC
3699 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3700 => setenv ethact SCC
3701 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003703 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3704 available network interfaces.
3705 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3706
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003707 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003708 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3709 When set to "once" the network operation will
3710 fail when all the available network interfaces
3711 are tried once without success.
3712 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3713 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003715 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003716
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003717 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003718 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3719 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3720 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3721 is silent.
3722
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003723 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003724 UDP source port.
3725
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003726 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003727 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3728
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003729 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3730 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3731
3732 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3733 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3734 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3735 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3736 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3737 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3738 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3739
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003740 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3741 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3742 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3743 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3744 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3745 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3746 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3747
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003748 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003749 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003750 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003751
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003752 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3753 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3754 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3755 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3756 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3757
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003758The following image location variables contain the location of images
3759used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3760not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3761variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3762server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3763loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3764flash or offset in NAND flash.
3765
3766*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003767boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003768boards use these variables for other purposes.
3769
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003770Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3771----- --------- ----------- --------------
3772u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3773Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3774device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3775ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003777The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3778updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3779depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003781 bootfile - see above
3782 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3783 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3784 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3785 hostname - Target hostname
3786 ipaddr - see above
3787 netmask - Subnet Mask
3788 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3789 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003790
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003792There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3795 as type string and/or serial number
3796 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003798These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3799the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3800once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
3802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003803Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3806 with the "version" command. This variable is
3807 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003810Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3811only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003813
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003814Callback functions for environment variables:
3815---------------------------------------------
3816
3817For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003818when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003819be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3820deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3821effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3822
3823The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3824U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3825
3826These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3827static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3828in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3829associations. The list must be in the following format:
3830
3831 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3832 list = entry[,list]
3833
3834If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3835Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3836
3837Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3838with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3839override any association in the static list. You can define
3840CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003841".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003842
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003843If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3844regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3845the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3846
Heinrich Schuchardt1b040472018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003847The signature of the callback functions is:
3848
3849 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3850
3851* name - changed environment variable
3852* value - new value of the environment variable
3853* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3854* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3855 include/search.h
3856
3857The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003859Command Line Parsing:
3860=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3863the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865Old, simple command line parser:
3866--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3869- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003870- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003871- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3872 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003873 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003874- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3875 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003877Hush shell:
3878-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003880- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3881 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3882 until...do...done, ...
3883- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3884 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3885 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3886 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003888General rules:
3889--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3892 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3893 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3894 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003896(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003897 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003898 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3899 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3902=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003903
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003904Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3906"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3909MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3910"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3913in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3914ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3915variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003917o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3918 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3921 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3922 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003924o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3925 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3928 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3929 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003931o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003932 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3933 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003935If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003936will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003937may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3938The naming convention is as follows:
3939"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941Image Formats:
3942==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003944U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3945images in two formats:
3946
3947New uImage format (FIT)
3948-----------------------
3949
3950Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3951to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3952components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3953SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3954
3955
3956Old uImage format
3957-----------------
3958
3959Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3960preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3961details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3964 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003965 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3966 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3967 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003968* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003969 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003970 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003971* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3972* Load Address
3973* Entry Point
3974* Image Name
3975* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003977The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3978and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3979CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982Linux Support:
3983==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003985Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3986easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3987U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3990special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3991"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3992instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3993serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003995- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3996 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3997 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4000 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004002- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4003 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4004 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4005 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4006 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4007 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004010Linux HOWTO:
4011============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4014---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004016U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4017configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4018(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4019Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004021But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4024include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004025Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4026and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004029Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4030If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4031is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4032doc/driver-model.
4033
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004035Configuring the Linux kernel:
4036-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4039device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042Building a Linux Image:
4043-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4046not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4047"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4048U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4049which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4050100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004054 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055 make oldconfig
4056 make dep
4057 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004059The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4060encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4061CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004067 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4068 -R .note -R .comment \
4069 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004077 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4078 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4079 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004080
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004082The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4083with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4084combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4085byte header containing information about target architecture,
4086operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4087stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4090print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4093contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4094checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004096 tools/mkimage -l image
4097 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4100from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4103 -n name -d data_file image
4104 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4105 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4106 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4107 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4108 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4109 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4110 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4111 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004112
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004113Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4114address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4115kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004117- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4118- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4123 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004124 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004125 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4126 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4127 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4128 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4129 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4130 Load Address: 0x00000000
4131 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004133To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4136 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4137 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4138 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4139 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4140 Load Address: 0x00000000
4141 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4144speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4145needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4146need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004147
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004148 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4150 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004151 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4153 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4154 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4155 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4156 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4157 Load Address: 0x00000000
4158 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4162when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4165 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4166 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4167 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4168 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4169 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4170 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4171 Load Address: 0x00000000
4172 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004173
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004174The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4175option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4176option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4177from the image:
4178
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004179 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4180 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4181 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4182 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004183
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185Installing a Linux Image:
4186-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4189you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4194image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4195address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4196specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4197command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4200TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004204 .......... done
4205 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207 => loads 40100000
4208 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4209 ~>examples/image.srec
4210 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4211 ...
4212 15989 15990 15991 15992
4213 [file transfer complete]
4214 [connected]
4215 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
4217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004218You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004219this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004222 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4225 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4226 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4227 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4228 Load Address: 00000000
4229 Entry Point: 0000000c
4230 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
4232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233Boot Linux:
4234-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4237memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4238of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4239parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4240"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
4242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243 => printenv bootargs
4244 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004246 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248 => printenv bootargs
4249 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004251 => bootm 40020000
4252 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4253 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4254 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4255 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4256 Load Address: 00000000
4257 Entry Point: 0000000c
4258 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4259 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4260 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4261 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4262 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4263 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4264 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4265 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004267If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4269format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004273 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4274 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4275 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4276 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4277 Load Address: 00000000
4278 Entry Point: 0000000c
4279 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4282 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4283 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4284 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4285 Load Address: 00000000
4286 Entry Point: 00000000
4287 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4290 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4291 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4292 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4293 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4294 Load Address: 00000000
4295 Entry Point: 0000000c
4296 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4297 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4298 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4299 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4300 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4301 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4302 Load Address: 00000000
4303 Entry Point: 00000000
4304 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4305 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4306 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4307 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4308 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4309 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4310 ...
4311 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4312 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004316Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4317-----------
4318
4319First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4320titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4321following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4322flat device tree:
4323
4324=> print oftaddr
4325oftaddr=0x300000
4326=> print oft
4327oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4328=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4329Speed: 1000, full duplex
4330Using TSEC0 device
4331TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4332Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4333Load address: 0x300000
4334Loading: #
4335done
4336Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4337=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4338Speed: 1000, full duplex
4339Using TSEC0 device
4340TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4341Filename 'uImage'.
4342Load address: 0x200000
4343Loading:############
4344done
4345Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4346=> print loadaddr
4347loadaddr=200000
4348=> print oftaddr
4349oftaddr=0x300000
4350=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4351## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004352 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4353 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4354 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004355 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004356 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004357 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4358 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4359Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4360Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4361Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4362[snip]
4363
4364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365More About U-Boot Image Types:
4366------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4371 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4372 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4373 the Standalone Program.
4374 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4375 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4376 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4377 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4378 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4379 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4380 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4381 being started.
4382 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4383 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4384 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4385 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4386 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4387 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4390 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4391 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4392 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4393 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4394 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4397 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4398 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4401 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4402 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4403 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004404
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004405Booting the Linux zImage:
4406-------------------------
4407
4408On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4409using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4410as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4411
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004412Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004413kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4414address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4415format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4416
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418Standalone HOWTO:
4419=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4422run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4423U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427"Hello World" Demo:
4428-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4431application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4432It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4433like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435 => loads
4436 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4437 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4438 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4439 [file transfer complete]
4440 [connected]
4441 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4444 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4445 Hello World
4446 argc = 7
4447 argv[0] = "40004"
4448 argv[1] = "Hello"
4449 argv[2] = "World!"
4450 argv[3] = "This"
4451 argv[4] = "is"
4452 argv[5] = "a"
4453 argv[6] = "test."
4454 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4455 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4460handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4461Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4462The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4463character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4464controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4467 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4468 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4469 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471 => loads
4472 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4473 ~>examples/timer.srec
4474 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4475 [file transfer complete]
4476 [connected]
4477 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479 => go 40004
4480 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4481 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4482 Using timer 1
4483 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485Hit 'b':
4486 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4487 Enabling timer
4488Hit '?':
4489 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4490 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4491Hit '?':
4492 [q, b, e, ?] .
4493 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4494Hit '?':
4495 [q, b, e, ?] .
4496 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4497Hit '?':
4498 [q, b, e, ?] .
4499 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4500Hit 'e':
4501 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4502Hit 'q':
4503 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504
4505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506Minicom warning:
4507================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4510"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4511consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4512Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4513especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004514use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4515http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4516for help with kermit.
4517
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4520configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4523 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4524 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004525
4526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527NetBSD Notes:
4528=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4531(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4534NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4535need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4536Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4537attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4538missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4541 # mkdir powerpc
4542 # ln -s powerpc machine
4543 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4544 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4547and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4550stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4551proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4552tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004553meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
4555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556Implementation Internals:
4557=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004559The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4560implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4561inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4562hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
4564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565Initial Stack, Global Data:
4566---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4569starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4570system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4571This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4572is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4573at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4574options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4575models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4576MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4577locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004579 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004580 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4583 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4584 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4585 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4588 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4589 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4590 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4591 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004592 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4594 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004596 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4597 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004598 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4600 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4601 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4602 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004604 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4606 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004607 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4609 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4610 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4611 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4612 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614 -Chris Hallinan
4615 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4618code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4621 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004623* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004624 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4625 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4628 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004631normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4633simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4634functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4635functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4636the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4637place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4638reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4641relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4642GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4645 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004646 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4648 R5-R10: parameter passing
4649 R13: small data area pointer
4650 R30: GOT pointer
4651 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004653 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4654 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4655 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004657 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4660 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4661 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4662 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4663 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4664 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668 R0: function argument word/integer result
4669 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004670 R9: platform specific
4671 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4673 R12: temporary workspace
4674 R13: stack pointer
4675 R14: link register
4676 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004677
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004678 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4679
4680 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004682On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4683 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4684
4685 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4686
4687 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4688 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4689
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004690On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4691
4692 R0-R1: argument/return
4693 R2-R5: argument
4694 R15: temporary register for assembler
4695 R16: trampoline register
4696 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4697 R29: global pointer (GP)
4698 R30: link register (LP)
4699 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4700 PC: program counter (PC)
4701
4702 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4703
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004704NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4705or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004706
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004707On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4708
4709 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4710 x1: return address (ra)
4711 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4712 x3: global pointer (gp)
4713 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4714 x5: link register (t0)
4715 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4716 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4717 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4718 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4719 pc: program counter (pc)
4720
4721 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723Memory Management:
4724------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4727MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4730controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4731memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4732physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4735TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4736booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4737to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4740Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4743of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4746this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004748 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4749 :
4750 0x0000 1FFF
4751 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4752 :
4753 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 :
4756 :
4757 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4758 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4759 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4760 :
4761 0x00FD FFFF
4762 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4763 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4764 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4765 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
4767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768System Initialization:
4769----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004772(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004773configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4775To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4776initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004777which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4778cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4779the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4782preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4783(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4784on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4785programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4786simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4787banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4790different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4791bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47920x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4793contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4796and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4797Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4798pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4801until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4802running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4803new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
4805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806U-Boot Porting Guide:
4807----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4810list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
4812
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004813int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814{
4815 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004816
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004817 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4818 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004821 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822 return 0;
4823 }
4824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 Download latest U-Boot source;
4826
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004827 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004829 if (clueless)
4830 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 while (learning) {
4833 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004834 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4835 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004837 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004840 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4841 Buy a BDI3000;
4842 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004844
4845 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4846 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4847 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4848 } else {
4849 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4850 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004852 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4853 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004855 while (!accepted) {
4856 while (!running) {
4857 do {
4858 Add / modify source code;
4859 } until (compiles);
4860 Debug;
4861 if (clueless)
4862 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4863 }
4864 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4865 if (reasonable critiques)
4866 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4867 else
4868 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871 return 0;
4872}
4873
4874void no_more_time (int sig)
4875{
4876 hire_a_guru();
4877}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
4879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880Coding Standards:
4881-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004884coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4885https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4886script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004888Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4889MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004890reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004891sources.
4892
4893Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4894Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4895in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896
4897Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4898- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004899- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004901- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4903
4904Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4905with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
4907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908Submitting Patches:
4909-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4912establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4913may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004915Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004916
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004917Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004918see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4921it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4924 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4925 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4928 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4931
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004932* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4933 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004935* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4936 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937
4938* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4939 document these in the README file.
4940
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004941* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4942 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004943 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004944 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4945 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004947 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4948 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4949 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004951 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4952 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4953 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4954 affected files).
4955
4956 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4957 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958
4959* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4960 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4961
4962* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4963 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4964
4965
4966Notes:
4967
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004968* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4970 for any of the boards.
4971
4972* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4973 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4974 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4975
4976* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4977 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4978 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4979 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4980 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4981 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004982
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004983* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4984 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4985 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4986 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.